Sema.h revision 050315bfd0473323a68f2da99b51bbe2842f6c36
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace llvm {
55  class APSInt;
56  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
57  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
58  class SmallBitVector;
59}
60
61namespace clang {
62  class ADLResult;
63  class ASTConsumer;
64  class ASTContext;
65  class ASTMutationListener;
66  class ASTReader;
67  class ASTWriter;
68  class ArrayType;
69  class AttributeList;
70  class BlockDecl;
71  class CapturedDecl;
72  class CXXBasePath;
73  class CXXBasePaths;
74  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
75  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
76  class CXXConstructorDecl;
77  class CXXConversionDecl;
78  class CXXDestructorDecl;
79  class CXXFieldCollector;
80  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
81  class CXXMethodDecl;
82  class CXXScopeSpec;
83  class CXXTemporary;
84  class CXXTryStmt;
85  class CallExpr;
86  class ClassTemplateDecl;
87  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
88  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
89  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
90  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
91  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
92  class CodeCompletionResult;
93  class Decl;
94  class DeclAccessPair;
95  class DeclContext;
96  class DeclRefExpr;
97  class DeclaratorDecl;
98  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
99  class DependentDiagnostic;
100  class DesignatedInitExpr;
101  class Designation;
102  class EnumConstantDecl;
103  class Expr;
104  class ExtVectorType;
105  class ExternalSemaSource;
106  class FormatAttr;
107  class FriendDecl;
108  class FunctionDecl;
109  class FunctionProtoType;
110  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
111  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
112  class InitListExpr;
113  class InitializationKind;
114  class InitializationSequence;
115  class InitializedEntity;
116  class IntegerLiteral;
117  class LabelStmt;
118  class LambdaExpr;
119  class LangOptions;
120  class LocalInstantiationScope;
121  class LookupResult;
122  class MacroInfo;
123  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
124  class NamedDecl;
125  class NonNullAttr;
126  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
127  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
128  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
129  class ObjCContainerDecl;
130  class ObjCImplDecl;
131  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
132  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
133  class ObjCIvarDecl;
134  template <class T> class ObjCList;
135  class ObjCMessageExpr;
136  class ObjCMethodDecl;
137  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
138  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
139  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
140  class OverloadCandidateSet;
141  class OverloadExpr;
142  class ParenListExpr;
143  class ParmVarDecl;
144  class Preprocessor;
145  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
146  class PseudoObjectExpr;
147  class QualType;
148  class StandardConversionSequence;
149  class Stmt;
150  class StringLiteral;
151  class SwitchStmt;
152  class TargetAttributesSema;
153  class TemplateArgument;
154  class TemplateArgumentList;
155  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
156  class TemplateDecl;
157  class TemplateParameterList;
158  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
159  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
160  class Token;
161  class TypeAliasDecl;
162  class TypedefDecl;
163  class TypedefNameDecl;
164  class TypeLoc;
165  class UnqualifiedId;
166  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
167  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
168  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
169  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
170  class UsingDecl;
171  class UsingShadowDecl;
172  class ValueDecl;
173  class VarDecl;
174  class VisibilityAttr;
175  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
176  class IndirectFieldDecl;
177
178namespace sema {
179  class AccessedEntity;
180  class BlockScopeInfo;
181  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
182  class CapturingScopeInfo;
183  class CompoundScopeInfo;
184  class DelayedDiagnostic;
185  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
186  class FunctionScopeInfo;
187  class LambdaScopeInfo;
188  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
189  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
190}
191
192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
195                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
196
197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
198class Sema {
199  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
201  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
202
203  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
204  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
205
206  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
207  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
208
209  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
210
211  static bool
212  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
213    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
214    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
215    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
216    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
217    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
218    // with internal linkage.
219    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
220  }
221
222public:
223  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
225  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
226
227  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
228  FPOptions FPFeatures;
229
230  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
231  Preprocessor &PP;
232  ASTContext &Context;
233  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
234  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
235  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
238  bool CollectStats;
239
240  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
241  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
242
243  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
244  DeclContext *CurContext;
245
246  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
247  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
248  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
249
250  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
251  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
252  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
253
254  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
255  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
256  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
257
258  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
259
260  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
261  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
262
263  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
264  ///
265  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
266  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
267  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
268
269  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
270  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
271  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
272
273  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
274  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
275  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
276  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
277
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
279
280  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
281  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
282  ///
283  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
284  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
285  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
286  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
287
288  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
289                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
290    ExtVectorDeclsType;
291
292  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
293  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
294  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
295  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
296
297  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
298  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
299
300  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
301
302  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
303  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
304
305  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
306
307  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
308  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
309  /// same list more than once.
310  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
311
312  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
313  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
314  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
315
316  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
317  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
318  ///
319  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
320  /// scopes, e.g.,
321  ///
322  /// \code
323  /// extern "C" void f() {
324  ///   void foo(int, int);
325  /// }
326  /// \endcode
327  ///
328  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
329  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
330  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
331  ///
332  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
333  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
334  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
335  ///     for compatibility.
336  ///
337  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
338  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
339  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
340  ///     not visible.
341  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
342
343  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
344  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
345  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
346
347  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
348                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
349    TentativeDefinitionsType;
350
351  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
352  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
353
354  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
355                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
356    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
357
358  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
359  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
360  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
361
362  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
363                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
364    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
365
366  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
367  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
368  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
369
370  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
371  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
372  /// exception spec.
373  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
374
375  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381
382  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391
392  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
393  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
394  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
395  void *OpaqueParser;
396
397  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
398    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
399    OpaqueParser = P;
400  }
401
402  class DelayedDiagnostics;
403
404  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
406    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
407  };
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
409  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
410
411  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
412  /// during parsing and other processing.
413  class DelayedDiagnostics {
414    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
415    /// diagnostics should go.
416    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
417
418  public:
419    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
420
421    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
422    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
423
424    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
425    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
426
427    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
428    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
429      return CurPool;
430    }
431
432    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
433    /// collected in this pool.
434    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
435      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
436      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
437      CurPool = &pool;
438      return state;
439    }
440
441    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
442    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
443    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
444    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
445      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
446    }
447
448    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
449    /// not delayed.
450    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
451      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
452      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
453      CurPool = 0;
454      return state;
455    }
456
457    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
458    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
459      assert(CurPool == NULL);
460      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
461    }
462  } DelayedDiagnostics;
463
464  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
465  class ContextRAII {
466  private:
467    Sema &S;
468    DeclContext *SavedContext;
469    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
470    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
471
472  public:
473    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
474      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
475        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
476        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
477    {
478      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
479      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
480    }
481
482    void pop() {
483      if (!SavedContext) return;
484      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
485      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
486      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
487      SavedContext = 0;
488    }
489
490    ~ContextRAII() {
491      pop();
492    }
493  };
494
495  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
496  /// a function body.
497  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
498    Sema &S;
499    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
500
501  public:
502    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
503      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
504    {
505      S.PushFunctionScope();
506      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
507    }
508
509    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
510      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
511      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
512    }
513  };
514
515  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
516  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
517  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
518  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
519
520  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
521  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
522  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
523  /// in the currently selected standard.
524  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
525
526
527  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
528  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
529
530  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
531  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
532  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
533  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
534  /// It would be best to refactor this.
535  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
536
537  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
538
539  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
540  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
541  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
542  Scope *TUScope;
543
544  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
545  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
546
547  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
548  /// standard library.
549  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
550
551  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
552  /// \<initializer_list>.
553  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
554
555  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
556  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
557
558  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
559  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
560
561  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
562  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
563
564  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
565  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
566
567  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
568  QualType NSNumberPointer;
569
570  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
571  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
577  QualType NSStringPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
584
585  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
586  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
589  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
592  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
593
594  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
595  QualType QIDNSCopying;
596
597  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
598  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
599
600  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
601  /// have been declared.
602  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
603
604  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
605  /// references to fields.  This is really a
606  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
607
608  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
609  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
610  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
611    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
612    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
613    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
614    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
615    /// run time.
616    Unevaluated,
617
618    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
619    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
620    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
621    UnevaluatedAbstract,
622
623    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
624    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
625    /// cases in a switch statment).
626    ConstantEvaluated,
627
628    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
629    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
630    /// expression at run time.
631    PotentiallyEvaluated,
632
633    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
634    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
635    /// in fact the current expression is used.
636    ///
637    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
638    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
639    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
640    /// until the default argument is used.
641    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
642  };
643
644  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
645  /// expression evaluation contexts.
646  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
647    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
648    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
649
650    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
651    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
652
653    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
654    bool IsDecltype;
655
656    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
657    /// this expression evaluation context.
658    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
659
660    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
661
662    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
663    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
664    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
665
666    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
667    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
668    /// default function argument.
669    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
670
671    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
672    /// within this context.
673    ///
674    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
675    /// do not have lambda expressions.
676    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
677
678    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
679    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
680    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
681
682    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
683    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
684    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
685
686    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
687                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
688                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
689                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
690                                      bool IsDecltype)
691      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
692        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
693        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
694
695    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
696    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
697      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
698      if (!LambdaMangle)
699        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
700      return *LambdaMangle;
701    }
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
712  /// function.
713  ///
714  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
715  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
716  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
717  public:
718    enum Kind {
719      NoMemberOrDeleted,
720      Ambiguous,
721      Success
722    };
723
724  private:
725    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
726
727  public:
728    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
729      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
730    {}
731
732    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
733    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
734
735    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
736    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
737  };
738
739  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
740  /// for C++ records.
741  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
742
743  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
744  ///
745  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
746  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
747  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
748  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
749  /// checks.
750  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
751
752  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
753
754  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
755  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
756
757  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
758    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
759
760  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
761  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
762  ///
763  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
764  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
765  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
766  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
767  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
768
769  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
770  // argument locations.
771  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
772
773  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
774  /// definition in this translation unit.
775  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
776
777  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
778  void getUndefinedButUsed(
779    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
780
781  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
782  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
783
784  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
785  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
786  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
787  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
788  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
789  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
790  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
791
792  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
793  /// of -Wselector.
794  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
795
796  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
797  enum CXXSpecialMember {
798    CXXDefaultConstructor,
799    CXXCopyConstructor,
800    CXXMoveConstructor,
801    CXXCopyAssignment,
802    CXXMoveAssignment,
803    CXXDestructor,
804    CXXInvalid
805  };
806
807  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
808
809  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
810  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
811  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
812  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
813
814  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
815
816  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
817  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
818
819  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
820  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
821  /// should not be used elsewhere.
822  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
823
824  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
825  /// statements.
826  class FPContractStateRAII {
827  public:
828    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
829      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
830    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
831      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
832    }
833  private:
834    Sema& S;
835    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
836  };
837
838  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
839    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
840
841public:
842  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
843       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
844       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
845  ~Sema();
846
847  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
848  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
849  void Initialize();
850
851  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
852  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
853  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
854
855  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
856  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
857  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
858  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
859  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
860  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
861  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
862  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
863
864  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
865  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
866  ///
867  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
868  ///
869  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
870
871  void PrintStats() const;
872
873  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
874  /// template instantiation stacks.
875  ///
876  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
877  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
878  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
879  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
880  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
881  /// well.
882  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
883    Sema &SemaRef;
884    unsigned DiagID;
885
886  public:
887    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
888      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
889
890    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
891      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
892      if (!isActive()) return;
893
894      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
895      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
896      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
897      //
898      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
899      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
900      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
901      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
902      // eliminate that code.
903      FlushCounts();
904      Clear();
905
906      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
907      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
908    }
909
910    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
911    template<typename T>
912    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
913        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
914      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
915      BaseDiag << Value;
916      return Diag;
917    }
918  };
919
920  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
921  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
922    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
923    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
924  }
925
926  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
927  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
928
929  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
930  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
931
932  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
933
934  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
935  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
936  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
937
938  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
939  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
940  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
941
942  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
943
944  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
945
946  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
947
948  void PushFunctionScope();
949  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
950  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
951  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
952                               RecordDecl *RD,
953                               CapturedRegionKind K);
954  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
955                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
956
957  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
958    return FunctionScopes.back();
959  }
960
961  template <typename ExprT>
962  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
963    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
964      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
965  }
966
967  void PushCompoundScope();
968  void PopCompoundScope();
969
970  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
971
972  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
973
974  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
975  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
976
977  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
978  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
979
980  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
981  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
982
983  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
984  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
985
986  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
987
988  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
989  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
990  //
991
992  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
993                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
994  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
995                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
996  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
997                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
998  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
999                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1000  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1001                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1002                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1003  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1004                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1005
1006  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1007
1008  /// \brief Build a function type.
1009  ///
1010  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1011  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1012  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1013  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1014  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1015  ///
1016  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1017  ///
1018  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1019  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1020  /// function parameters.
1021  ///
1022  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1023  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1024  /// type that will have function type.
1025  ///
1026  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1027  /// type, if known.
1028  ///
1029  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1030  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1031  ///
1032  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1033  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1034  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1035  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1036                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1037                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1038                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1039
1040  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1041                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1042                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1043  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1044                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1045  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1046  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1047
1048  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1049  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1050  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1051                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1052
1053  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1054  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1055  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1056  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1057  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1058  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1059  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1060                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1061  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1062  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1063  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1064  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1065      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1066      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1067  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1068      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1069      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1070      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1071      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1072      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1073      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1074      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1075  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1076      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1077      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1078      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1079  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1080      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1081      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1082
1083  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1084
1085  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1086  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1087  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1088
1089  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1090  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1091    bool Suppressed;
1092
1093    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1094
1095    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1096    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1097  };
1098
1099  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1100  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1101  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1102  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1103  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1104  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1105  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1106    return II;
1107  }
1108  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1109  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1110  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1111  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1112  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1113  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1114
1115  template<typename T1>
1116  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1117    unsigned DiagID;
1118    const T1 &Arg1;
1119
1120  public:
1121    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1122      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1123    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1124      if (Suppressed) return;
1125      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1126    }
1127
1128    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1129  };
1130
1131  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1132  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1133    unsigned DiagID;
1134    const T1 &Arg1;
1135    const T2 &Arg2;
1136
1137  public:
1138    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1139                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1140      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1141        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1142
1143    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1144      if (Suppressed) return;
1145      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1146    }
1147
1148    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1149  };
1150
1151  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1152  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1153    unsigned DiagID;
1154    const T1 &Arg1;
1155    const T2 &Arg2;
1156    const T3 &Arg3;
1157
1158  public:
1159    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1160                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1161    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1162      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1163
1164    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1165      if (Suppressed) return;
1166      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1167        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1168    }
1169
1170    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1171  };
1172
1173  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1174                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1175  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1176                           unsigned DiagID);
1177
1178  template<typename T1>
1179  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1180                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1181    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1182    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1183  }
1184
1185  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1186  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1187                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1188    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1189    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1190  }
1191
1192  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1193  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1194                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1195                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1196    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1197                                                        Arg3);
1198    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1199  }
1200
1201  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1202  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1203
1204  template<typename T1>
1205  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1206    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1207    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1208  }
1209
1210  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1211  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1212                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1213    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1214    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1215  }
1216
1217  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1218  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1219                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1220    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1221                                                        Arg3);
1222    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1223  }
1224
1225  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1226                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1227  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1228
1229  template<typename T1>
1230  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1231                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1234  }
1235
1236  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1238                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1239    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1241  }
1242
1243  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1245                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1246                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1247    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1248                                                        Arg3);
1249    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1250  }
1251
1252  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1253                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1254
1255  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1256  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1257  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1258                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1259                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1260
1261  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1262  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1263  //
1264
1265  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1266  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1267  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1268  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1269  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1270  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1271  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1272  /// such as:
1273  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1274  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1275
1276  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1277
1278  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1279
1280  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1281
1282  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1283                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1284                         bool isClassName = false,
1285                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1286                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1287                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1288                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1289                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1290  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1291  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1292  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1293                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1294                               Scope *S,
1295                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1296                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1297
1298  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1299  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1300  enum NameClassificationKind {
1301    NC_Unknown,
1302    NC_Error,
1303    NC_Keyword,
1304    NC_Type,
1305    NC_Expression,
1306    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1307    NC_TypeTemplate,
1308    NC_FunctionTemplate
1309  };
1310
1311  class NameClassification {
1312    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1313    ExprResult Expr;
1314    TemplateName Template;
1315    ParsedType Type;
1316    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1317
1318    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1319
1320  public:
1321    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1322
1323    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1324
1325    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1326      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1327
1328    static NameClassification Error() {
1329      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1330    }
1331
1332    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1333      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1334    }
1335
1336    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1337      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1338    }
1339
1340    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1341      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1342      Result.Template = Name;
1343      return Result;
1344    }
1345
1346    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1347      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1348      Result.Template = Name;
1349      return Result;
1350    }
1351
1352    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1353
1354    ParsedType getType() const {
1355      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1356      return Type;
1357    }
1358
1359    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1360      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1361      return Expr;
1362    }
1363
1364    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1365      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1366      return Template;
1367    }
1368
1369    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1370      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1371      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1372    }
1373  };
1374
1375  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1376  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1377  ///
1378  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1379  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1380  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1381  ///
1382  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1383  ///
1384  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1385  ///
1386  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1387  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1388  ///
1389  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1390  ///
1391  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1392  /// disambiguate the name.
1393  ///
1394  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1395  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1396  ///        expression.
1397  ///
1398  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1399  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1400                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1401                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1402                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1403                                  const Token &NextToken,
1404                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1405                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1406
1407  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1408
1409  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1410                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1411  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1412                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1413                                        Scope *S);
1414  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1415  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1416                                    DeclarationName Name,
1417                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1418  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1419  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1420  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1421  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1422  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1423  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1424                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1425                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1426  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1427                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1428  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1429                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1430                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1431                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1432  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1433  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1434  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1435  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1436  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1437  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1438  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1439  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1440                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1441                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1442                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1443                                     bool &AddToScope);
1444  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1445  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1446
1447  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1448  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1449
1450  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1451  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1452  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1453                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1454                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1455  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1456  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1457  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1458                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1459                                          QualType T);
1460  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1461                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1462                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1463                              StorageClass SC);
1464  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1465                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1466                                 Expr *defarg);
1467  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1468                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1469                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1470  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1471  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1472                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1473
1474  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1475                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1476  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1477  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1478  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1479  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1480  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1481  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1482  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1483                                         Decl **Group,
1484                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1485  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1486                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1487
1488  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1489  /// documentation comments.
1490  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1491  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1492
1493  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1494                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1495  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1496  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1497  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1498  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1499  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1500    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1501  }
1502
1503  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1504  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1505  /// code for that function.
1506  ///
1507  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1508  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1509  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1510  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1511
1512  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1513  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1514  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1515  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1516
1517  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1518  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1519  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1520
1521  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1522  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1523  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1524                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1525
1526  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1527  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1528  /// specified threshold.
1529  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1530                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1531                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1532                                              NamedDecl *D);
1533
1534  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1535  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1536                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1537                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1538
1539  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1540  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1541                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1542                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1543
1544  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1545  ///
1546  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1547  ///
1548  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1549  ///
1550  /// \param Path The module access path.
1551  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1552                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1553
1554  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1555  /// source location.
1556  ///
1557  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1558  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1559  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1560  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1561
1562  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1563  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1564    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1565  }
1566
1567  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1568  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1569                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1570
1571  /// Scope actions.
1572  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1573  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1574
1575  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1576                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1577  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1578                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1579                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1580                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1581
1582  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1583                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1584                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1585
1586  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1587                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1588
1589  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1590                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1591                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1592                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1593
1594  enum TagUseKind {
1595    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1596    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1597    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1598    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1599  };
1600
1601  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1602                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1603                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1604                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1605                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1606                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1607                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1608                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1609                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1610
1611  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1612                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1613                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1614                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1615                                AttributeList *Attr,
1616                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1617
1618  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1619                               unsigned TagSpec,
1620                               TagUseKind TUK,
1621                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1622                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1623                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1624                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1625
1626  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1627                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1628                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1629  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1630                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1631
1632  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1633                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1634                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1635                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1636  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1637                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1638                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1639                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1640                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1641                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1642
1643  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1644                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1645                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1646                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1647                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1648                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1649                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1650                            Declarator *D = 0);
1651
1652  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1653  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1654  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1655                              bool Diagnose = false);
1656  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1657  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1658                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1659  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1660                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1661                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1662
1663  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1664  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1665                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1666                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1667                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1668
1669  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1670  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1671  /// struct, or union).
1672  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1673
1674  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1675
1676  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1677  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1678  /// member declarations.
1679  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1680                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1681                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1682
1683  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1684  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1685  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1686                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1687
1688  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1689
1690  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1691  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1692  ///
1693  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1694  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1695  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1696
1697  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1698  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1699  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1700
1701  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1702                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1703                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1704                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1705                                      Expr *val);
1706  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1707  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1708                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1709
1710  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1711                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1712                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1713                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1714  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1715                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1716                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1717                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1718
1719  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1720
1721  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1722  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1723  void PopDeclContext();
1724
1725  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1726  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1727  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1728  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1729
1730  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1731  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1732  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1733
1734  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1735
1736  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1737  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1738  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1739  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1740
1741  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1742  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1743  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1744  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1745
1746  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1747  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1748  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1749  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1750
1751  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1752  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1753
1754  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1755  /// top level scope.
1756  ///
1757  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1758  ///
1759  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1760  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1761
1762  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1763  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1764  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1765  ///
1766  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1767  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1768  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1769  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1770                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1771
1772  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1773  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1774  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1775
1776  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1777  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1778                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1779  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1780
1781  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1782  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1783                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1784                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1785                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1786                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1787                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1788                                          StringRef Message,
1789                                          bool Override,
1790                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1791  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1792                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1793                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1794  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1795                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1796                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1797  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1798                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1799  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1800                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1801  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1802                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1803                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1804  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1805                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1806
1807  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1808  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1809  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1810    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1811    AMK_None,
1812    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1813    /// an exact match.
1814    AMK_Redeclaration,
1815    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1816    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1817    AMK_Override
1818  };
1819
1820  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1821                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1822  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1823  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1824  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1825                                    Scope *S);
1826  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1827  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1828                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1829  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1830  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1831  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1832
1833  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1834  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1835  enum AssignmentAction {
1836    AA_Assigning,
1837    AA_Passing,
1838    AA_Returning,
1839    AA_Converting,
1840    AA_Initializing,
1841    AA_Sending,
1842    AA_Casting
1843  };
1844
1845  /// C++ Overloading.
1846  enum OverloadKind {
1847    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1848    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1849    Ovl_Overload,
1850
1851    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1852    /// an existing declaration.
1853    Ovl_Match,
1854
1855    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1856    /// non-function.
1857    Ovl_NonFunction
1858  };
1859  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1860                             FunctionDecl *New,
1861                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1862                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1863                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1864  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1865
1866  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1867  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1868  ///
1869  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1870  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1871  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1872
1873  ImplicitConversionSequence
1874  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1875                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1876                        bool AllowExplicit,
1877                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1878                        bool CStyle,
1879                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1880
1881  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1882  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1883  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1884  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1885                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1886                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1887  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1888                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1889  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1890                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1891  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1892                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1893  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1894                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1895                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1896  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1897                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1898
1899  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1900  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1901                              CastKind &Kind,
1902                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1903                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1904  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1905                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1906                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1907  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1908                                    CastKind &Kind,
1909                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1910                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1911  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1912                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1913  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1914                            QualType &ResultTy);
1915  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1916  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1917
1918  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1919                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1920                                             QualType ResultType,
1921                                             Expr *Value,
1922                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1923
1924  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1925                                    ExprResult Init);
1926  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1927                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1928                                       ExprResult Init,
1929                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1930                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1931  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1932                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1933                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1934                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1935
1936  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1937  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1938
1939  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1940  enum CCEKind {
1941    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1942    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1943    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1944    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
1945  };
1946  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1947                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1948
1949  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1950  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1951  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1952  public:
1953    bool Suppress;
1954    bool SuppressConversion;
1955
1956    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
1957                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
1958        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
1959
1960    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
1961    /// for this conversion.
1962    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
1963
1964    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1965    /// integral or enumeration type.
1966    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1967    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1968
1969    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1970    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1971    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1972
1973    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1974    /// is explicit.
1975    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1976        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1977
1978    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1979    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1980    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1981
1982    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1983    /// functions.
1984    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1985    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1986
1987    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1988    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1989    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1990
1991    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1992    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1993    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
1994        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1995
1996    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
1997  };
1998
1999  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2000    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2001
2002  public:
2003    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2004                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2005        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2006          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2007
2008    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2009    bool match(QualType T);
2010
2011    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2012    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2013      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2014    }
2015
2016    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2017    /// integral or enumeration type.
2018    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2019    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2020  };
2021
2022  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2023  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2024      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2025
2026
2027  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2028    OS_Array,
2029    OS_Dictionary,
2030    OS_Error
2031  };
2032  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2033
2034  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2035  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2036  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2037    LK_Array,
2038    LK_Dictionary,
2039    LK_Numeric,
2040    LK_Boxed,
2041    LK_String,
2042    LK_Block,
2043    LK_None
2044  };
2045  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2046
2047  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2048                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2049                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2050                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2051
2052  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2053  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2054  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2055  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2056
2057  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2058                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2059                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2060                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2061                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2062                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2063                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2064  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2065                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2066                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2067                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2068                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2069  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2070                          QualType ObjectType,
2071                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2072                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2073                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2074                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2075  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2076                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2077                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2078                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2079                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2080                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2081                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2082  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2083                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2084                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2085                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2086                                  QualType ObjectType,
2087                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2088                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2089                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2090                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2091  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2092                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2093                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2094                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2095                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2096                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2097  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2098                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2099                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2100                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2101                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2102  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2103                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2104                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2105                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2106                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2107  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2108                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2109                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2110                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2111                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2112                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2113  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2114                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2115                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2116                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2117  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2118                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2119                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2120                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2121                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2122  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2123                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2124                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2125  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2126                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2127                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2128                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2129                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2130                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2131
2132  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2133  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2134
2135  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2136  // identified by the expression Expr
2137  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2138
2139  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2140  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2141  // R (A) --> R(A)
2142  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2143  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2144  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2145  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2146
2147  FunctionDecl *
2148  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2149                                     QualType TargetType,
2150                                     bool Complain,
2151                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2152                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2153
2154  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2155                                                   bool Complain = false,
2156                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2157
2158  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2159                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2160                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2161                      bool Complain = false,
2162                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2163                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2164                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2165
2166
2167  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2168                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2169                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2170  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2171                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2172                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2173
2174  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2175                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2176                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2177                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2178
2179  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2180  // range-based for loop.
2181  enum ForRangeStatus {
2182    FRS_Success,
2183    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2184    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2185  };
2186
2187  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2188  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2189  enum BeginEndFunction {
2190    BEF_begin,
2191    BEF_end
2192  };
2193
2194  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2195                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2196                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2197                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2198                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2199                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2200                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2201                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2202
2203  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2204                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2205                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2206                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2207                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2208                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2209                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2210
2211  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2212                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2213                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2214                              ExprResult *Result);
2215
2216  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2217                                     unsigned Opc,
2218                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2219                                     Expr *input);
2220
2221  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2222                                   unsigned Opc,
2223                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2224                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2225
2226  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2227                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2228                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2229
2230  ExprResult
2231  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2232                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2233                            MultiExprArg Args,
2234                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2235  ExprResult
2236  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2237                               MultiExprArg Args,
2238                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2239
2240  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2241                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2242
2243  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2244  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2245  /// that best represents the call.
2246  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2247                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2248
2249  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2250  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2251                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2252  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2253  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2254  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2255
2256  /// \name Name lookup
2257  ///
2258  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2259  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2260  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2261  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2262  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2263  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2264  ///
2265  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2266  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2267  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2268  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2269  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2270  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2271  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2272  ///
2273  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2274  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2275  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2276  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2277  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2278  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2279  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2280  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2281  //@{
2282
2283  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2284  enum LookupNameKind {
2285    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2286    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2287    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2288    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2289    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2290    /// structs, and unions.
2291    LookupTagName,
2292    /// Label name lookup.
2293    LookupLabel,
2294    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2295    /// class/struct/union members.
2296    LookupMemberName,
2297    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2298    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2299    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2300    LookupOperatorName,
2301    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2302    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2303    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2304    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2305    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2306    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2307    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2308    LookupNamespaceName,
2309    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2310    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2311    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2312    LookupUsingDeclName,
2313    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2314    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2315    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2316    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2317    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2318    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2319    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2320    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2321    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2322    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2323    LookupAnyName
2324  };
2325
2326  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2327  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2328  enum RedeclarationKind {
2329    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2330    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2331    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2332    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2333    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2334    ForRedeclaration
2335  };
2336
2337  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2338  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2339    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2340    LOLR_Error,
2341    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2342    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2343    LOLR_Cooked,
2344    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2345    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2346    LOLR_Raw,
2347    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2348    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2349    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2350    LOLR_Template
2351  };
2352
2353  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2354                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2355                                                   bool ConstArg,
2356                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2357                                                   bool RValueThis,
2358                                                   bool ConstThis,
2359                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2360
2361private:
2362  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2363
2364  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2365  //
2366  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2367  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2368  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2369
2370  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2371  /// source.
2372  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2373
2374public:
2375  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2376  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2377  ///
2378  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2379  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2380  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2381                              SourceLocation Loc,
2382                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2383                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2384                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2385  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2386                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2387  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2388                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2389  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2390                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2391                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2392  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2393                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2394                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2395
2396  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2397                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2398                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2399
2400  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2401                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2402
2403  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2404  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2405  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2406                                               unsigned Quals);
2407  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2408                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2409  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2410                                              unsigned Quals);
2411  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2412                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2413  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2414
2415  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2416                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2417                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2418  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2419
2420  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2421                               SourceLocation Loc,
2422                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2423                               ADLResult &Functions);
2424
2425  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2426                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2427                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2428  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2429                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2430                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2431
2432  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2433                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2434                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2435                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2436                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2437                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2438                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2439
2440  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2441                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2442                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2443                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2444
2445  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2446                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2447                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2448
2449  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2450  //@}
2451
2452  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2453                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2454                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2455  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2456                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2457                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2458  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2459                                      Scope *S);
2460  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2461
2462  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2463
2464  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2465  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2466  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2467                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2468                             bool Inheritable = true);
2469  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2470                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2471                                bool Inheritable = true,
2472                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2473  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2474                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2475
2476  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2477
2478  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2479  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2480                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2481  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2482  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2483
2484  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2485  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2486                                   SourceRange Range);
2487
2488  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2489                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2490  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2491                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2492                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2493
2494  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2495                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2496                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2497
2498  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2499  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2500  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2501                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2502                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2503
2504  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2505                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2506
2507  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2508  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2509
2510  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2511  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2512  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2513                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2514                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2515                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2516                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2517                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2518
2519  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2520  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2521  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2522                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2523                                SourceLocation Loc);
2524
2525  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2526  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2527  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2528                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2529                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2530
2531  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2532  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2533  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2534                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2535
2536  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2537  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2538  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2539                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2540  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2541
2542  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2543  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2544  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2545            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2546            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2547
2548  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2549  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2550  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2551  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2552                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2553
2554  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2555  /// class extensions.
2556  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2557                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2558                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2559                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2560                      Selector GetterSel,
2561                      Selector SetterSel,
2562                      const bool isAssign,
2563                      const bool isReadWrite,
2564                      const unsigned Attributes,
2565                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2566                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2567                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2568                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2569
2570  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2571  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2572  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2573                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2574                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2575                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2576                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2577                                       Selector GetterSel,
2578                                       Selector SetterSel,
2579                                       const bool isAssign,
2580                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2581                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2582                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2583                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2584                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2585                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2586
2587  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2588  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2589  /// setter or getter.
2590  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2591                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2592
2593  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2594
2595  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2596
2597  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2598    MMS_loose,
2599    MMS_strict
2600  };
2601
2602  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2603  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2604  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2605                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2606                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2607
2608  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2609  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2610  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2611                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2612                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2613                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2614                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2615                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2616                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2617                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2618                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2619
2620  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2621  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2622  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2623  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2624
2625  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2626  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2627
2628private:
2629  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2630  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2631  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2632
2633  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2634  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2635  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2636                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2637                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2638
2639public:
2640  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2641  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2642  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2643  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2644  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2645    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2646  }
2647
2648  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2649  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2650    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2651  }
2652
2653  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2654  /// pool.
2655  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2656
2657  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2658  /// there are multiple signatures.
2659  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2660                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2661                                                   bool warn=true) {
2662    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2663                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2664  }
2665
2666  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2667  /// there are multiple signatures.
2668  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2669                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2670                                                  bool warn=true) {
2671    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2672                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2673  }
2674
2675  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel);
2676
2677  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2678  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2679  /// have mismathched types.
2680  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2681
2682  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2683  /// implementation.
2684  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2685
2686  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2687  /// initialization.
2688  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2689                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2690
2691  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2692  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2693public:
2694  class FullExprArg {
2695  public:
2696    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2697
2698    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2699    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2700    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2701    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2702
2703    ExprResult release() {
2704      return E;
2705    }
2706
2707    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2708
2709    Expr *operator->() {
2710      return E;
2711    }
2712
2713  private:
2714    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2715    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2716    friend class Sema;
2717
2718    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2719
2720    Expr *E;
2721  };
2722
2723  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2724    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2725  }
2726  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2727    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2728  }
2729  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2730    ExprResult FE =
2731      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2732                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2733    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2734  }
2735
2736  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2737  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2738
2739  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2740                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2741
2742  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2743  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2744  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2745                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2746                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2747
2748  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2749  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2750  public:
2751    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2752      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2753    }
2754
2755    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2756      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2757    }
2758
2759  private:
2760    Sema &S;
2761  };
2762
2763  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2764                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2765                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2766  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2767  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2768  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2769                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2770                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2771  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2772
2773  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2774                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2775                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2776  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2777                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2778
2779  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2780                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2781                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2782
2783  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2784                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2785                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2786                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2787  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2788                                            Expr *Cond,
2789                                            Decl *CondVar);
2790  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2791                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2792  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2793                            FullExprArg Cond,
2794                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2795  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2796                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2797                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2798                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2799
2800  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2801                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2802                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2803                          Decl *SecondVar,
2804                          FullExprArg Third,
2805                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2806                          Stmt *Body);
2807  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2808                                           Expr *collection);
2809  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2810                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2811                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2812  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2813
2814  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2815    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2816    BFRK_Build,
2817    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2818    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2819    BFRK_Rebuild,
2820    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2821    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2822    BFRK_Check
2823  };
2824
2825  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2826                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2827                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2828                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2829  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2830                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2831                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2832                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2833                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2834                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2835                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2836  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2837
2838  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2839                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2840                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2841  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2842                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2843                                   Expr *DestExp);
2844  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2845  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2846
2847  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2848                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2849  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2850  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2851  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2852                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2853                                           unsigned NumParams);
2854  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2855                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2856
2857  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2858  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2859
2860  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2861                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2862                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2863                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2864                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2865                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2866
2867  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2868                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2869                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2870                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2871                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2872  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2873                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2874  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2875                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2876                            StringRef AsmString,
2877                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2878                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2879                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2880                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2881                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2882
2883  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2884                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2885                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2886                                  bool Invalid = false);
2887
2888  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2889
2890  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2891                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2892
2893  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2894
2895  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2896                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2897
2898  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2899  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2900                                  Scope *CurScope);
2901  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2902                                            Expr *operand);
2903  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2904                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2905                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2906
2907  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2908
2909  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2910                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2911                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2912                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2913
2914  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2915
2916  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2917                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2918  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2919                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2920
2921  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2922                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2923                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2924                              Stmt *Handler);
2925
2926  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2927                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2928                                 Stmt *Block);
2929
2930  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2931                                  Stmt *Block);
2932
2933  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2934
2935  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2936
2937  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2938  /// of it.
2939  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2940
2941  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2942  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2943  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2944  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2945
2946  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2947  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2948  ///
2949  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2950  ///     if (condition);
2951  ///       do_stuff();
2952  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2953                             const Stmt *Body,
2954                             unsigned DiagID);
2955
2956  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2957  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2958  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2959                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2960
2961  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2962    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2963  }
2964  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2965
2966  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2967  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2968    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2969  }
2970  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2971    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2972  }
2973
2974  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2975
2976  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2977                              SourceLocation Loc,
2978                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2979                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2980
2981  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2982
2983  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2984                                     StringRef message);
2985
2986  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2987  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2988
2989  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2990  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2991                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2992  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2993  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2994  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2995                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2996                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2997  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2998                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
2999
3000  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3001                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3002                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3003  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3004  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3005                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3006                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3007  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3008
3009  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3010
3011  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3012  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3013
3014  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3015
3016  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3017  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3018  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3019  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3020  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3021  // named expressions.
3022  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3023  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3024  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3025  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3026  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3027
3028  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3029  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3030
3031  enum TryCaptureKind {
3032    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3033  };
3034
3035  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3036  ///
3037  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3038  ///
3039  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3040  ///
3041  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3042  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3043  ///
3044  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3045  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3046  ///
3047  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3048  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3049  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3050  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3051  ///
3052  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3053  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3054  /// variable can be captured.
3055  ///
3056  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3057  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3058  /// captured.
3059  ///
3060  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3061  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3062  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3063                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3064                          QualType &CaptureType,
3065                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3066
3067  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3068  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3069                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3070                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3071
3072  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3073  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3074  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3075
3076  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3077  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3078                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3079
3080  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3081  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3082  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3083  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3084                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3085                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3086
3087  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3088  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3089                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3090
3091  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3092  /// evaluation context.
3093  ///
3094  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3095  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3096  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3097  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3098  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3099                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3100
3101  // Primary Expressions.
3102  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3103
3104  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3105                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3106                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3107                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3108                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3109                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3110
3111  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3112                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3113                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3114                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3115
3116  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3117                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3118                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3119                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3120
3121  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3122                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3123                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3124
3125  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3126                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3127                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3128                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3129                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3130
3131  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3132                              ExprValueKind VK,
3133                              SourceLocation Loc,
3134                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3135  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3136                              ExprValueKind VK,
3137                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3138                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3139                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3140  ExprResult
3141  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3142                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3143                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3144                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3145                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3146  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3147                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3148                                             LookupResult &R,
3149                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3150  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3151                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3152                                     LookupResult &R,
3153                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3154                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3155  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3156                                  const LookupResult &R,
3157                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3158
3159  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3160                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3161                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3162  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3163                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3164                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3165                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3166
3167  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3168                                      LookupResult &R,
3169                                      bool NeedsADL);
3170  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3171                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3172                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3173
3174  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3175                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3176                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3177                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3178                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3179
3180  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3181  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3182  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3183  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3184  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3185  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3186                                SourceLocation R,
3187                                MultiExprArg Val);
3188
3189  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3190  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3191  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3192                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3193
3194  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3195                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3196                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3197                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3198                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3199                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3200  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3201                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3202                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3203                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3204                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3205                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3206
3207  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3208  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3209                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3210  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3211                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3212  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3213                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3214
3215  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3216                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3217                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3218                                            SourceRange R);
3219  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3220                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3221  ExprResult
3222    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3223                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3224                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3225                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3226
3227  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3228  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3229
3230  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3231  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3232                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3233                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3234  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3235                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3236                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3237                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3238                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3239  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3240                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3241
3242  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3243                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3244  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3245                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3246
3247  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3248                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3249                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3250                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3251                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3252                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3253                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3254
3255  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3256  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3257  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3258  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3259  // defines a custom operator->).
3260  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3261    Scope *S;
3262    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3263    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3264    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3265  };
3266
3267  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3268                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3269                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3270                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3271                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3272                                      LookupResult &R,
3273                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3274                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3275                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3276
3277  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3278  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3279                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3280                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3281                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3282                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3283
3284  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3285                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3286                                     const LookupResult &R);
3287
3288  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3289                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3290                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3291                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3292                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3293                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3294                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3295
3296  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3297                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3298                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3299                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3300                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3301                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3302                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3303                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3304
3305  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3306  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3307                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3308                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3309                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3310                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3311                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3312  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3313                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3314                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3315
3316  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3317  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3318  /// locations.
3319  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3320                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3321                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3322  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3323                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3324                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3325                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3326                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3327                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3328
3329  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3330                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3331                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3332
3333  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3334                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3335                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3336  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3337                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3338                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3339                                 Expr *Op);
3340  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3341
3342  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3343  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3344                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3345                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3346
3347  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3348
3349  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3350                                  ParsedType Ty,
3351                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3352                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3353
3354  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3355                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3356                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3357                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3358
3359  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3360                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3361                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3362
3363  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3364                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3365                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3366                                        ExprResult Init);
3367
3368  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3369                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3370  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3371                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3372  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3373                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3374
3375  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3376  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3377  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3378                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3379                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3380
3381  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3382  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3383                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3384
3385  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3386  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3387                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3388  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3389
3390  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3391  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3392    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3393    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3394    union {
3395      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3396      Expr *E;
3397    } U;
3398  };
3399
3400  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3401  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3402                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3403                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3404                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3405                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3406  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3407                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3408                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3409                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3410                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3411                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3412                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3413
3414  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3415  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3416                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3417                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3418
3419  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3420  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3421                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3422  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3423                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3424
3425  // __null
3426  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3427
3428  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3429
3430  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3431  enum IfExistsResult {
3432    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3433    IER_Exists,
3434
3435    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3436    IER_DoesNotExist,
3437
3438    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3439    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3440    IER_Dependent,
3441
3442    /// \brief An error occurred.
3443    IER_Error
3444  };
3445
3446  IfExistsResult
3447  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3448                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3449
3450  IfExistsResult
3451  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3452                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3453                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3454
3455  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3456                                        bool IsIfExists,
3457                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3458                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3459                                        Stmt *Nested);
3460  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3461                                        bool IsIfExists,
3462                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3463                                        Stmt *Nested);
3464
3465  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3466
3467  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3468  /// started.
3469  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3470
3471  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3472  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3473  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3474                           Scope *CurScope);
3475
3476  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3477  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3478  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3479
3480  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3481  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3482  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3483                                Scope *CurScope);
3484
3485  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3486
3487  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3488  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3489                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3490                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3491
3492  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3493
3494  // Act on C++ namespaces
3495  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3496                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3497                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3498                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3499                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3500                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3501  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3502
3503  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3504  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3505
3506  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3507
3508  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3509  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3510  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3511
3512  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3513  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3514  ///
3515  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3516  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3517
3518  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3519  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3520  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3521
3522  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3523                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3524                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3525                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3526                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3527                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3528                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3529
3530  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3531
3532  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3533                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3534                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3535                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3536                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3537                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3538                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3539
3540  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3541  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3542                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3543  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3544                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3545
3546  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3547                                   bool isTypeName,
3548                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3549                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3550                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3551  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3552                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3553                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3554
3555  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3556                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3557                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3558                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3559                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3560                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3561                                   bool IsTypeName,
3562                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3563
3564  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3565
3566  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3567                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3568                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3569                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3570                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3571                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3572                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3573                              bool IsTypeName,
3574                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3575  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3576                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3577                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3578                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3579                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3580                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3581                              TypeResult Type);
3582
3583  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3584  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3585  ///
3586  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3587  ExprResult
3588  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3589                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3590                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3591                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3592                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3593
3594  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3595  // the constructor can be elidable?
3596  ExprResult
3597  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3598                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3599                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3600                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3601                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3602
3603  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3604  /// the default expr if needed.
3605  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3606                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3607                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3608
3609  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3610  /// constructed variable.
3611  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3612
3613  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3614  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3615  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3616    // Pointer to allow copying
3617    Sema *Self;
3618    // We order exception specifications thus:
3619    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3620    // throw() comes next.
3621    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3622    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3623    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3624    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3625    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3626    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3627
3628    void ClearExceptions() {
3629      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3630      Exceptions.clear();
3631    }
3632
3633  public:
3634    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3635      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3636      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3637        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3638    }
3639
3640    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3641    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3642      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3643             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3644      return ComputedEST;
3645    }
3646
3647    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3648    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3649
3650    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3651    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3652
3653    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3654    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3655
3656    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3657    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3658
3659    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3660    /// computed exception specification.
3661    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3662      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3663      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3664        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3665        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3666      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3667        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3668        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3669        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3670        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3671        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3672                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3673      }
3674    }
3675    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3676      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3677      getEPI(EPI);
3678      return EPI;
3679    }
3680  };
3681
3682  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3683  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3684  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3685  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3686                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3687
3688  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3689  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3690  /// will be const.
3691  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3692  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3693
3694  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3695  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3696  /// parameter will be const.
3697  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3698  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3699
3700  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3701  /// constructor of a class will have.
3702  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3703  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3704
3705  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3706  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3707  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3708  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3709
3710  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3711  /// destructor of a class will have.
3712  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3713  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3714
3715  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3716  /// constructor of a class will have.
3717  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3718  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3719
3720  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3721  /// special member function.
3722  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3723
3724  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3725  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3726  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3727                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3728                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3729                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3730                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3731                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3732
3733  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3734  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3735  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3736                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3737
3738  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3739  ///
3740  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3741  /// default constructor will be added.
3742  ///
3743  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3744  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3745                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3746
3747  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3748  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3749  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3750                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3751
3752  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3753  ///
3754  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3755  /// destructor will be added.
3756  ///
3757  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3758  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3759
3760  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3761  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3762  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3763                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3764
3765  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3766  ///
3767  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3768  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3769  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3770                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3771
3772  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3773  ///
3774  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3775  /// constructors will be added.
3776  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3777
3778  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3779  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3780                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3781
3782  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3783  ///
3784  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3785  /// copy constructor will be added.
3786  ///
3787  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3788  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3789
3790  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3791  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3792  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3793                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3794
3795  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3796  ///
3797  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3798  /// move constructor will be added.
3799  ///
3800  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3801  /// declared.
3802  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3803
3804  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3805  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3806  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3807                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3808
3809  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3810  ///
3811  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3812  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3813  ///
3814  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3815  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3816
3817  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3818  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3819                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3820
3821  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3822  ///
3823  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3824  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3825  ///
3826  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3827  /// wasn't declared.
3828  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3829
3830  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3831  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3832                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3833
3834  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3835  /// class.
3836  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3837
3838  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3839  /// special member function.
3840  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3841
3842  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3843  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3844  ///
3845  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3846  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3847
3848  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3849  /// member function.
3850  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3851
3852  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3853  /// static member function.
3854  ///
3855  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3856  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3857
3858  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3859  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3860  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3861  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3862
3863  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3864                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3865                               SourceLocation Loc,
3866                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3867                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3868                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3869
3870  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3871                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3872                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3873
3874  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3875                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3876                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3877                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3878                               bool EnteringContext);
3879
3880  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3881
3882  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3883  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3884                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3885
3886  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3887  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3888                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3889                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3890                               Declarator &D,
3891                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3892                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3893                               Expr *E,
3894                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3895
3896  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3897                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3898                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3899                               Expr *E,
3900                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3901                               SourceRange Parens);
3902
3903  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3904                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3905                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3906                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3907  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3908                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3909                            Expr *Operand,
3910                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3911
3912  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3913  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3914                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3915                            void *TyOrExpr,
3916                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3917
3918  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3919                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3920                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3921                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3922  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3923                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3924                            Expr *Operand,
3925                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3926
3927  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3928  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3929                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3930                            void *TyOrExpr,
3931                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3932
3933
3934  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3935  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3936
3937  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3938  ///
3939  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3940  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3941
3942  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3943  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3944  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3945  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3946
3947  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3948  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3949  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3950    Sema &S;
3951    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3952    bool Enabled;
3953
3954  public:
3955    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3956    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3957    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3958    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3959    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3960                     bool Enabled = true);
3961
3962    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3963  };
3964
3965  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3966  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3967  ///
3968  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3969  ///
3970  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3971  /// capture list.
3972  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3973
3974  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3975  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3976  /// being defined.
3977  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3978
3979  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3980  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3981
3982
3983  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3984  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3985
3986  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3987  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3988
3989  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3990  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3991  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3992                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3993  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3994                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3995
3996  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3997  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3998  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3999  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4000  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4001                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4002                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4003                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4004
4005  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4006                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4007                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4008                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4009
4010  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4011  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4012                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4013                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4014                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4015                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4016                         Expr *Initializer);
4017  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4018                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4019                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4020                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4021                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4022                         QualType AllocType,
4023                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4024                         Expr *ArraySize,
4025                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4026                         Expr *Initializer,
4027                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4028
4029  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4030                          SourceRange R);
4031  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4032                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4033                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4034                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4035                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4036  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4037                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4038                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4039                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4040                              bool Diagnose = true);
4041  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4042  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4043                                       QualType Argument,
4044                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4045
4046  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4047                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4048                                bool Diagnose = true);
4049
4050  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4051  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4052                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4053                            Expr *Operand);
4054
4055  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4056  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4057                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4058                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4059
4060  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4061                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4062  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4063                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4064
4065  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4066  /// pseudo-functions.
4067  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4068                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4069                                 ParsedType Ty,
4070                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4071
4072  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4073                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4074                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4075                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4076
4077  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4078  /// pseudo-functions.
4079  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4080                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4081                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4082                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4083                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4084
4085  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4086                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4087                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4088                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4089                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4090
4091  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4092  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4093                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4094                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4095  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4096                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4097                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4098
4099  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4100  /// pseudo-functions.
4101  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4102                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4103                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4104                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4105                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4106
4107  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4108                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4109                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4110                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4111                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4112
4113  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4114  /// pseudo-functions.
4115  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4116                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4117                                  Expr *Queried,
4118                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4119
4120  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4121                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4122                                  Expr *Queried,
4123                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4124
4125  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4126                                          Expr *Base,
4127                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4128                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4129                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4130                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4131
4132  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4133
4134  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4135                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4136                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4137                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4138                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4139                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4140                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4141                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4142                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4143
4144  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4145                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4146                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4147                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4148                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4149                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4150                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4151                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4152                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4153
4154  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4155                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4156                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4157                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4158                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4159                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4160
4161  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4162  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4163  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4164  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4165  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4166  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4167
4168  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4169    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4170                                          : SourceLocation());
4171  }
4172  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4173                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4174                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4175  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4176
4177  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4178  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4179
4180  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4181  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4182                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4183  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4184  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4185  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4186
4187  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4188  ///
4189  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4190  ///
4191  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4192  ///
4193  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4194  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4195  ///
4196  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4197  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4198                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4199
4200  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4201  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4202
4203  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4204                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4205                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4206                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4207
4208  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4209                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4210                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4211                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4212                                   QualType ObjectType,
4213                                   bool EnteringContext,
4214                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4215                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4216                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4217
4218  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4219  ///
4220  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4221  ///
4222  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4223  ///
4224  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4225  ///
4226  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4227  ///
4228  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4229  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4230  ///
4231  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4232  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4233  ///
4234  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4235  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4236  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4237  /// including this new type).
4238  ///
4239  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4240  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4241                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4242                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4243                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4244                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4245                                   bool EnteringContext,
4246                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4247
4248  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4249
4250  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4251                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4252                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4253
4254  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4255                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4256                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4257                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4258                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4259                                 bool EnteringContext);
4260
4261  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4262  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4263  ///
4264  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4265  ///
4266  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4267  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4268  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4269  /// including this new type).
4270  ///
4271  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4272  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4273  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4274  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4275  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4276  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4277  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4278  ///
4279  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4280  /// nested-name-specifier.
4281  ///
4282  ///
4283  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4284  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4285                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4286                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4287                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4288                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4289                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4290                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4291                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4292                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4293                                   bool EnteringContext);
4294
4295  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4296  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4297  /// nested-name-specifier.
4298  ///
4299  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4300  ///
4301  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4302  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4303  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4304
4305  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4306  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4307  ///
4308  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4309  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4310  ///
4311  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4312  ///
4313  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4314  /// of the annotation pointer.
4315  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4316                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4317                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4318
4319  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4320
4321  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4322  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4323  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4324  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4325  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4326  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4327  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4328
4329  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4330  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4331  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4332  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4333  /// defining scope.
4334  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4335
4336  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4337  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4338  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4339  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4340  /// class X.
4341  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4342
4343  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4344  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4345  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4346
4347  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4348  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4349                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4350                                         bool KnownDependent);
4351
4352  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4353  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4354                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4355                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4356                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4357                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4358
4359  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4360  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4361                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4362                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4363                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4364                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4365                                          bool Mutable);
4366
4367  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4368  /// initializer.
4369  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4370                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4371
4372  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4373  /// given lambda.
4374  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4375
4376  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4377  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4378
4379  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4380  /// statements present in the body.
4381  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4382
4383  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4384  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4385  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4386  /// lambda.
4387  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4388                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4389
4390  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4391  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4392  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4393                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4394
4395  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4396  /// was successfully completed.
4397  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4398                             Scope *CurScope,
4399                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4400
4401  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4402  /// function pointer.
4403  ///
4404  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4405  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4406  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4407  /// block pointer conversion.
4408  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4409         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4410
4411  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4412  /// block pointer.
4413  ///
4414  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4415  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4416  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4417  /// block pointer conversion.
4418  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4419                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4420
4421  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4422                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4423                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4424                                           Expr *Src);
4425
4426  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4427  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4428                                    Expr **Strings,
4429                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4430
4431  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4432
4433  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4434  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4435  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4436  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4437  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4438                                  bool Value);
4439  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4440
4441  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4442  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4443  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4444  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4445  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4446  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4447
4448  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4449                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4450                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4451                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4452
4453  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4454                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4455                                        unsigned NumElements);
4456
4457  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4458                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4459                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4460  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4461                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4462                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4463
4464  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4465                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4466                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4467                                       ParsedType Ty,
4468                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4469
4470  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4471  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4472                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4473                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4474                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4475                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4476
4477  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4478  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4479                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4480                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4481                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4482                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4483                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4484
4485  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4486  // C++ Declarations
4487  //
4488  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4489                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4490                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4491                                       StringRef Lang,
4492                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4493  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4494                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4495                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4496
4497
4498  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4499  // C++ Classes
4500  //
4501  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4502                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4503
4504  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4505                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4506                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4507                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4508
4509  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4510                                 Declarator &D,
4511                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4512                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4513                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4514  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4515                                        Expr *Init);
4516
4517  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4518                                    Scope *S,
4519                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4520                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4521                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4522                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4523                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4524                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4525                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4526                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4527                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4528
4529  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4530                                    Scope *S,
4531                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4532                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4533                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4534                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4535                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4536                                    Expr *InitList,
4537                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4538
4539  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4540                                    Scope *S,
4541                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4542                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4543                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4544                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4545                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4546                                    Expr *Init,
4547                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4548
4549  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4550                                       Expr *Init,
4551                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4552
4553  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4554                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4555                                     Expr *Init,
4556                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4557                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4558
4559  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4560                                           Expr *Init,
4561                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4562
4563  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4564                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4565
4566  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4567                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4568
4569  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4570
4571
4572  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4573  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4574  /// referenced.
4575  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4576                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4577
4578  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4579  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4580  /// first use occurred.
4581  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4582
4583  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4584  /// materialized.
4585  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4586
4587  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4588  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4589  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4590  /// by code generation).
4591  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4592
4593  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4594  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4595
4596  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4597                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4598    DynamicClassesType;
4599
4600  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4601  /// unit.
4602  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4603
4604  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4605  /// given location.
4606  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4607                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4608
4609  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4610  /// in the given class as needed.
4611  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4612                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4613
4614  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4615  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4616  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4617                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4618
4619  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4620  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4621  /// vtables.
4622  ///
4623  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4624  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4625
4626  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4627
4628  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4629                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4630                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4631                            bool AnyErrors);
4632
4633  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4634  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4635                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4636                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4637                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4638                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4639  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4640
4641  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4642  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4643  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4644  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4645  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4646  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4647  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4648  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4649  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4650  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4651
4652  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4653                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4654                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4655                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4656  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4657                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4658                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4659                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4660                                     bool Failed);
4661
4662  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4663                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4664                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4665  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4666                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4667  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4668                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4669
4670  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4671                                      StorageClass& SC);
4672  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4673  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4674                                     StorageClass& SC);
4675  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4676  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4677                                 StorageClass& SC);
4678  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4679
4680  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4681  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4682                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4683  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4684
4685  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4686  // C++ Derived Classes
4687  //
4688
4689  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4690  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4691                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4692                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4693                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4694                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4695
4696  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4697                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4698                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4699                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4700                                ParsedType basetype,
4701                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4702                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4703
4704  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4705                            unsigned NumBases);
4706  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4707                           unsigned NumBases);
4708
4709  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4710  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4711
4712  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4713  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4714
4715  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4716
4717  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4718                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4719                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4720                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4721  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4722                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4723                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4724                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4725                                    DeclarationName Name,
4726                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4727
4728  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4729
4730  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4731                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4732
4733  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4734  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4735  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4736                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4737
4738  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4739  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4740  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4741                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4742
4743  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4744
4745  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4746  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4747
4748  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4749  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4750  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4751  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4752                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4753
4754
4755  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4756  // C++ Access Control
4757  //
4758
4759  enum AccessResult {
4760    AR_accessible,
4761    AR_inaccessible,
4762    AR_dependent,
4763    AR_delayed
4764  };
4765
4766  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4767                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4768                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4769
4770  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4771                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4772  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4773                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4774  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4775                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4776                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4777                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4778                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4779  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4780                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4781                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4782                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4783                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4784  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4785                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4786                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4787                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4788                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4789  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4790                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4791                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4792                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4793  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4794  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4795                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4796                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4797                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4798  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4799                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4800  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4801                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4802                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4803                                    unsigned DiagID,
4804                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4805                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4806  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4807  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4808  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4809                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4810                                            QualType objectType);
4811
4812  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4813                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4814  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4815                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4816
4817  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4818
4819  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4820  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4821  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4822
4823  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4824    AbstractNone = -1,
4825    AbstractReturnType,
4826    AbstractParamType,
4827    AbstractVariableType,
4828    AbstractFieldType,
4829    AbstractIvarType,
4830    AbstractArrayType
4831  };
4832
4833  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4834                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4835  template<typename T1>
4836  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4837                              unsigned DiagID,
4838                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4839    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4840    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4841  }
4842
4843  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4844  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4845                              unsigned DiagID,
4846                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4847    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4848    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4849  }
4850
4851  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4852  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4853                              unsigned DiagID,
4854                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4855    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4856    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4857  }
4858
4859  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4860
4861  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4862                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4863
4864  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4865  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4866  //
4867
4868  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4869
4870  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4871
4872  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4873  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4874  //
4875  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4876                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4877  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4878                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4879
4880  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4881                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4882                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4883
4884  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4885                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4886                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4887                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4888                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4889                                  bool EnteringContext,
4890                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4891                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4892
4893  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4894                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4895                                   Scope *S,
4896                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4897                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4898                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4899
4900  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4901  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4902
4903  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4904                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4905                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4906                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4907                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4908                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4909                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4910                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4911
4912  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4913  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4914                                      unsigned Depth,
4915                                      unsigned Position,
4916                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4917                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4918  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4919                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4920                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4921                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4922                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4923                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4924                                       unsigned Depth,
4925                                       unsigned Position,
4926                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4927                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4928
4929  TemplateParameterList *
4930  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4931                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4932                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4933                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4934                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4935                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4936
4937  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4938  /// list.
4939  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4940    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4941    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4942    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4943    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4944    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4945    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4946  };
4947
4948  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4949                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4950                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4951  TemplateParameterList *
4952  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4953                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4954                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4955                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4956                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4957                                          bool IsFriend,
4958                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4959                                          bool &Invalid);
4960
4961  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4962                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4963                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4964                                AttributeList *Attr,
4965                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4966                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4967                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4968                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4969                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4970
4971  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4972                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4973
4974  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4975
4976  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4977                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4978                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4979
4980  TypeResult
4981  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4982                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4983                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4984                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4985                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4986                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4987
4988  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4989  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4990  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4991                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4992                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4993                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4994                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4995                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4996                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4997                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4998                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4999                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5000
5001
5002  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5003                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5004                                 LookupResult &R,
5005                                 bool RequiresADL,
5006                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5007
5008  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5009                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5010                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5011                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5012
5013  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5014                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5015                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5016                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5017                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5018                                              bool EnteringContext,
5019                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5020
5021  DeclResult
5022  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5023                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5024                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5025                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5026                                   TemplateTy Template,
5027                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5028                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5029                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5030                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5031                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5032                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5033
5034  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5035                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5036                                Declarator &D);
5037
5038  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5039                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5040                                        Declarator &D);
5041
5042  bool
5043  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5044                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5045                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5046                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5047                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5048                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5049
5050  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5051                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5052                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5053
5054  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5055                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5056                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5057  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5058
5059  DeclResult
5060  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5061                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5062                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5063                             unsigned TagSpec,
5064                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5065                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5066                             TemplateTy Template,
5067                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5068                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5069                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5070                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5071                             AttributeList *Attr);
5072
5073  DeclResult
5074  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5075                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5076                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5077                             unsigned TagSpec,
5078                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5079                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5080                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5081                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5082                             AttributeList *Attr);
5083
5084  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5085                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5086                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5087                                        Declarator &D);
5088
5089  TemplateArgumentLoc
5090  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5091                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5092                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5093                                          Decl *Param,
5094                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5095
5096  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5097  /// argument is being checked.
5098  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5099    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5100    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5101    CTAK_Specified,
5102
5103    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5104    /// deduction.
5105    CTAK_Deduced,
5106
5107    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5108    /// via template argument deduction.
5109    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5110  };
5111
5112  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5113                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5114                             NamedDecl *Template,
5115                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5116                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5117                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5118                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5119                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5120
5121  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5122  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5123  ///
5124  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5125  /// provided.
5126  ///
5127  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5128  ///
5129  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5130  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5131  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5132  /// arguments.
5133  ///
5134  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5135  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5136  /// set of template arguments.
5137  ///
5138  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5139  /// arguments.
5140  ///
5141  ///
5142  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5143  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5144  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5145  ///
5146  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5147  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5148                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5149                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5150                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5151                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5152                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5153
5154  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5155                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5156                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5157
5158  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5159                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5160  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5161                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5162                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5163                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5164  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5165                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5166                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5167
5168  ExprResult
5169  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5170                                          QualType ParamType,
5171                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5172  ExprResult
5173  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5174                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5175
5176  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5177  /// for equality.
5178  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5179    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5180    /// that might be redeclarations.
5181    ///
5182    /// \code
5183    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5184    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5185    /// \endcode
5186    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5187
5188    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5189    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5190    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5191    ///
5192    /// \code
5193    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5194    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5195    /// \endcode
5196    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5197
5198    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5199    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5200    /// template parameter.
5201    ///
5202    /// \code
5203    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5204    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5205    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5206    /// \endcode
5207    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5208  };
5209
5210  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5211                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5212                                      bool Complain,
5213                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5214                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5215                                        = SourceLocation());
5216
5217  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5218
5219  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5220  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5221  ///
5222  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5223  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5224  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5225  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5226  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5227  TypeResult
5228  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5229                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5230                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5231
5232  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5233  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5234  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5235  ///
5236  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5237  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5238  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5239  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5240  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5241  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5242  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5243  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5244  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5245  TypeResult
5246  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5247                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5248                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5249                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5250                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5251                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5252                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5253                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5254
5255  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5256                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5257                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5258                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5259                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5260
5261  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5262                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5263                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5264  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5265
5266  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5267  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5268                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5269
5270  std::string
5271  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5272                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5273
5274  std::string
5275  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5276                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5277                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5278
5279  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5280  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5281  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5282
5283  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5284  /// being diagnosed.
5285  ///
5286  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5287  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5288  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5289    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5290    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5291
5292    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5293    UPPC_BaseType,
5294
5295    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5296    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5297
5298    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5299    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5300
5301    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5302    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5303
5304    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5305    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5306
5307    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5308    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5309
5310    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5311    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5312
5313    /// \brief A using declaration.
5314    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5315
5316    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5317    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5318
5319    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5320    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5321
5322    /// \brief An initializer.
5323    UPPC_Initializer,
5324
5325    /// \brief A default argument.
5326    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5327
5328    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5329    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5330
5331    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5332    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5333
5334    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5335    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5336
5337    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5338    UPPC_IfExists,
5339
5340    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5341    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5342
5343    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5344    UPPC_Lambda,
5345
5346    /// \brief Block expression,
5347    UPPC_Block
5348};
5349
5350  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5351  ///
5352  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5353  ///
5354  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5355  /// parameter packs.
5356  ///
5357  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5358  ///
5359  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5360  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5361                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5362                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5363
5364  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5365  /// diagnose the error.
5366  ///
5367  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5368  ///
5369  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5370  /// packs.
5371  ///
5372  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5373  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5374                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5375
5376  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5377  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5378  ///
5379  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5380  /// parameter packs.
5381  ///
5382  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5383  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5384                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5385
5386  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5387  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5388  ///
5389  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5390  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5391  ///
5392  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5393  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5394                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5395
5396  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5397  /// diagnose the error.
5398  ///
5399  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5400  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5401  ///
5402  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5403  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5404                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5405
5406  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5407  /// diagnose the error.
5408  ///
5409  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5410  ///
5411  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5412  /// parameter packs.
5413  ///
5414  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5415  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5416                                       TemplateName Template,
5417                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5418
5419  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5420  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5421  ///
5422  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5423  /// parameter packs.
5424  ///
5425  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5426  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5427                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5428
5429  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5430  /// template argument.
5431  ///
5432  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5433  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5434  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5435                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5436
5437  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5438  /// template argument.
5439  ///
5440  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5441  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5442  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5443                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5444
5445  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5446  /// type.
5447  ///
5448  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5449  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5450  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5451                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5452
5453  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5454  /// type.
5455  ///
5456  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5457  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5458  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5459                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5460
5461  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5462  /// nested-name-specifier.
5463  ///
5464  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5465  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5466  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5467                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5468
5469  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5470  /// name.
5471  ///
5472  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5473  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5474  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5475                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5476
5477  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5478  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5479  ///
5480  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5481  /// may already be invalid.
5482  ///
5483  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5484  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5485                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5486
5487  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5488  /// creates a pack expansion.
5489  ///
5490  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5491  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5492  ///
5493  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5494  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5495
5496  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5497  /// expansion.
5498  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5499                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5500                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5501
5502  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5503  /// expansion.
5504  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5505                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5506                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5507                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5508
5509  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5510  /// creates a pack expansion.
5511  ///
5512  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5513  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5514  ///
5515  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5516  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5517
5518  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5519  /// creates a pack expansion.
5520  ///
5521  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5522  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5523  ///
5524  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5525  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5526                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5527
5528  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5529  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5530  /// transforming the pattern.
5531  ///
5532  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5533  /// pack expansion.
5534  ///
5535  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5536  /// the pack expansion.
5537  ///
5538  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5539  /// pattern.
5540  ///
5541  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5542  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5543  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5544  ///
5545  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5546  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5547  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5548  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5549  ///
5550  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5551  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5552  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5553  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5554  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5555  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5556  /// set this value in other cases.
5557  ///
5558  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5559  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5560  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5561  /// must be set.
5562  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5563                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5564                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5565                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5566                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5567                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5568                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5569
5570  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5571  /// type.
5572  ///
5573  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5574  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5575  ///
5576  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5577  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5578      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5579
5580  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5581  /// parameter packs.
5582  ///
5583  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5584  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5585  ///
5586  /// \code
5587  ///   void f(T...);
5588  /// \endcode
5589  ///
5590  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5591  /// a variadic function.
5592  ///
5593  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5594  /// false otherwise.
5595  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5596
5597  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5598  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5599  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5600
5601  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5602  ///
5603  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5604  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5605  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5606  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5607  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5608  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5609  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5610  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5611    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5612    TDK_Success = 0,
5613    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5614    TDK_Invalid,
5615    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5616    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5617    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5618    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5619    /// for every template parameter.
5620    TDK_Incomplete,
5621    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5622    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5623    TDK_Inconsistent,
5624    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5625    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5626    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5627    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5628    TDK_Underqualified,
5629    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5630    /// resulted in an error.
5631    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5632    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5633    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5634    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5635    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5636    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5637    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5638    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5639    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5640    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5641    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5642    /// template arguments for the given template.
5643    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5644    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5645    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5646    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5647    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5648    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5649  };
5650
5651  TemplateDeductionResult
5652  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5653                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5654                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5655
5656  TemplateDeductionResult
5657  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5658                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5659                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5660                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5661                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5662                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5663
5664  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5665  // deduction for a call.
5666  struct OriginalCallArg {
5667    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5668                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5669                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5670      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5671        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5672
5673    QualType OriginalParamType;
5674    unsigned ArgIdx;
5675    QualType OriginalArgType;
5676  };
5677
5678  TemplateDeductionResult
5679  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5680                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5681                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5682                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5683                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5684           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5685
5686  TemplateDeductionResult
5687  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5688                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5689                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5690                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5691                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5692
5693  TemplateDeductionResult
5694  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5695                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5696                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5697                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5698                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5699                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5700
5701  TemplateDeductionResult
5702  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5703                          QualType ToType,
5704                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5705                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5706
5707  TemplateDeductionResult
5708  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5709                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5710                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5711                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5712                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5713
5714  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5715  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5716    DAR_Succeeded,
5717    DAR_Failed,
5718    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5719  };
5720
5721  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5722                                  QualType &Result);
5723  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5724                                  QualType &Result);
5725  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5726  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5727  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5728                        bool Diagnose = true);
5729
5730  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5731                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5732                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5733
5734  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5735                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5736                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5737                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5738                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5739  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5740                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5741                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5742                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5743                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5744                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5745                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5746                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5747                                        bool Complain = true,
5748                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5749
5750  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5751  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5752                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5753                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5754                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5755
5756  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5757                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5758                                  unsigned Depth,
5759                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5760  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5761                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5762                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5763    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5764  }
5765  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5766                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5767                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5768
5769  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5770  // C++ Template Instantiation
5771  //
5772
5773  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5774                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5775                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5776                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5777
5778  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5779  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5780    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5781    enum InstantiationKind {
5782      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5783      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5784      TemplateInstantiation,
5785
5786      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5787      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5788      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5789      /// arguments as specified.
5790      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5791      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5792
5793      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5794      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5795      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5796      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5797
5798      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5799      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5800      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5801
5802      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5803      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5804      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5805      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5806      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5807      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5808
5809      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5810      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5811      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5812      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5813
5814      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5815      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5816      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5817
5818      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5819      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5820      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5821    } Kind;
5822
5823    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5824    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5825
5826    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5827    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5828    /// arguments.
5829    NamedDecl *Template;
5830
5831    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5832    Decl *Entity;
5833
5834    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5835    /// are not part of the entity.
5836    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5837
5838    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5839    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5840
5841    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5842    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5843    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5844
5845    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5846    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5847    /// template instantiation.
5848    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5849
5850    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5851      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5852        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5853
5854    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5855    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5856    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5857
5858    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5859                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5860      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5861        return false;
5862
5863      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5864        return false;
5865
5866      switch (X.Kind) {
5867      case TemplateInstantiation:
5868      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5869        return true;
5870
5871      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5872      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5873        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5874
5875      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5876      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5877      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5878      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5879        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5880
5881      }
5882
5883      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5884    }
5885
5886    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5887                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5888      return !(X == Y);
5889    }
5890  };
5891
5892  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5893  ///
5894  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5895  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5896  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5897  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5898  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5899    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5900
5901  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5902  /// template instantiation.
5903  ///
5904  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5905  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5906  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5907
5908  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5909  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5910  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5911  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5912
5913  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5914  /// error or warning was produced.
5915  ///
5916  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5917  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5918  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5919  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5920  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5921
5922  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5923  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5924  ///
5925  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5926  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5927  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5928  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5929
5930  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5931  /// within a \c Sema object.
5932  ///
5933  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5934  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5935    Sema &Self;
5936    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5937
5938  public:
5939    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5940      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5941      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5942    }
5943
5944    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5945      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5946    }
5947  };
5948
5949  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5950
5951  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5952  ///
5953  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5954  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5955  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5956
5957  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5958  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5959  /// deduction.
5960  ///
5961  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5962  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5963    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5964
5965  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5966  /// instantiation.
5967  ///
5968  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5969  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5970  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5971  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5972  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5973  ///
5974  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5975  /// the stack.
5976  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5977    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5978    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5979    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5980                          Decl *Entity,
5981                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5982
5983    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5984    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5985    /// of a function template.
5986    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5987                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5988                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5989
5990    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5991    /// template-id.
5992    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5993                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5994                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5995                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5996
5997    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5998    /// template-id.
5999    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6000                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6001                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6002                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6003                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6004                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6005
6006    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6007    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6008    /// specialization.
6009    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6010                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6011                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6012                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6013                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6014
6015    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6016                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6017                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6018                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6019
6020    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6021    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6022    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6023                          NamedDecl *Template,
6024                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6025                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6026                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6027
6028    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6029                          NamedDecl *Template,
6030                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6031                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6032                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6033
6034    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6035    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6036    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6037                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6038                          NamedDecl *Param,
6039                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6040                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6041
6042
6043    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6044    void Clear();
6045
6046    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6047
6048    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6049    /// recursive template instantiations.
6050    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6051
6052  private:
6053    Sema &SemaRef;
6054    bool Invalid;
6055    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6056    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6057                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6058
6059    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6060
6061    InstantiatingTemplate&
6062    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6063  };
6064
6065  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6066
6067  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6068  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6069  /// errors.
6070  ///
6071  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6072  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6073  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6074  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6075  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6076
6077  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6078  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6079  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6080    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6081           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6082    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6083  }
6084
6085  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6086  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6087  /// deduction.`
6088  class SFINAETrap {
6089    Sema &SemaRef;
6090    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6091    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6092    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6093
6094  public:
6095    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6096      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6097        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6098                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6099        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6100    {
6101      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6102        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6103      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6104    }
6105
6106    ~SFINAETrap() {
6107      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6108      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6109        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6110      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6111    }
6112
6113    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6114    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6115      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6116    }
6117  };
6118
6119  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6120  /// variables.
6121  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6122
6123  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6124  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6125
6126  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6127    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6128
6129  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6130  /// name lookup.
6131  ///
6132  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6133  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6134  /// string represents a keyword.
6135  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6136
6137  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6138  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6139
6140  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6141  ///
6142  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6143  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6144  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6145  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6146  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6147  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6148  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6149
6150  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6151  /// but have not yet been performed.
6152  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6153
6154  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6155  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6156  ///
6157  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6158  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6159  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6160  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6161  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6162
6163  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6164
6165  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6166                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6167                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6168
6169  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6170                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6171                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6172
6173  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6174                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6175                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6176
6177  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6178                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6179                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6180                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6181                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6182                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6183  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6184                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6185                                int indexAdjustment,
6186                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6187                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6188  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6189                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6190                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6191                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6192                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6193  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6194                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6195
6196  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6197  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6198  ///
6199  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6200  ///
6201  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6202  ///
6203  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6204  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6205  ///
6206  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6207  ///
6208  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6209  ///
6210  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6211  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6212                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6213                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6214
6215  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6216                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6217
6218  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6219                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6220
6221  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6222                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6223                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6224
6225  bool
6226  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6227                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6228                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6229
6230  bool
6231  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6232                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6233                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6234                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6235                   bool Complain = true);
6236
6237  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6238                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6239                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6240                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6241
6242  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6243    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6244    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6245    Decl *NewDecl;
6246
6247    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6248                              Decl *D)
6249      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6250    { }
6251  };
6252  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6253
6254  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6255                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6256                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6257                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6258
6259  bool
6260  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6261                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6262                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6263                           bool Complain = true);
6264
6265  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6266                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6267                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6268                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6269
6270  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6271                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6272                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6273                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6274
6275  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6276  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6277                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6278
6279  DeclarationNameInfo
6280  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6281                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6282  TemplateName
6283  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6284                    SourceLocation Loc,
6285                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6286  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6287             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6288             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6289
6290  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6291                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6292  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6293                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6294                                     bool Recursive = false,
6295                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6296  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6297                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6298                                     VarDecl *Var,
6299                                     bool Recursive = false,
6300                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6301
6302  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6303                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6304                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6305
6306  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6307                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6308  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6309                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6310
6311  // Objective-C declarations.
6312  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6313    OCK_None = -1,
6314    OCK_Interface = 0,
6315    OCK_Protocol,
6316    OCK_Category,
6317    OCK_ClassExtension,
6318    OCK_Implementation,
6319    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6320  };
6321  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6322
6323  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6324                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6325                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6326                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6327                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6328                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6329                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6330                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6331                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6332                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6333
6334  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6335                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6336                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6337                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6338
6339  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6340    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6341    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6342    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6343
6344  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6345                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6346                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6347                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6348                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6349                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6350                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6351
6352  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6353                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6354                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6355                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6356                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6357                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6358                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6359                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6360                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6361
6362  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6363                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6364                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6365                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6366                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6367
6368  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6369                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6370                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6371                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6372                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6373
6374  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6375                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6376
6377  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6378                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6379                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6380                                     unsigned NumElts);
6381
6382  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6383                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6384                                        unsigned NumElts,
6385                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6386
6387  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6388                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6389                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6390                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6391
6392  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6393  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6394  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6395  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6396                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6397                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6398                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6399
6400  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6401  /// setters and getters as needed.
6402  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6403  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6404  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6405  ///        in class extension.
6406  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6407  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6408                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6409                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6410                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6411
6412
6413  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6414                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6415                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6416
6417  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6418                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6419
6420  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6421                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6422
6423  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6424                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6425                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6426                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6427
6428  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6429                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6430                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6431                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6432                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6433                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6434                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6435
6436  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6437                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6438                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6439                              bool ImplKind,
6440                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6441                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6442                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6443
6444  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6445    OSMK_None,
6446    OSMK_Alloc,
6447    OSMK_New,
6448    OSMK_Copy,
6449    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6450    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6451  };
6452
6453  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6454    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6455    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6456    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6457    // in this case.
6458    ParsedType Type;
6459    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6460
6461    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6462    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6463  };
6464
6465  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6466    Scope *S,
6467    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6468    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6469    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6470    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6471    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6472    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6473    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6474    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6475    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6476    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6477    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6478
6479  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6480                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6481                                              bool IsInstance);
6482  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6483                                           bool IsInstance);
6484
6485  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6486  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6487
6488  ExprResult
6489  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6490                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6491                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6492                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6493                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6494                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6495                            bool Super);
6496
6497  ExprResult
6498  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6499                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6500                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6501                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6502
6503  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6504
6505  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6506  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6507  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6508    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6509    ObjCSuperMessage,
6510    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6511    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6512    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6513    /// name.
6514    ObjCClassMessage
6515  };
6516
6517  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6518                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6519                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6520                                     bool IsSuper,
6521                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6522                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6523
6524  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6525                               Selector Sel,
6526                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6527                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6528                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6529                               MultiExprArg Args);
6530
6531  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6532                               QualType ReceiverType,
6533                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6534                               Selector Sel,
6535                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6536                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6537                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6538                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6539                               MultiExprArg Args,
6540                               bool isImplicit = false);
6541
6542  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6543                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6544                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6545                                       Selector Sel,
6546                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6547                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6548
6549  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6550                               ParsedType Receiver,
6551                               Selector Sel,
6552                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6553                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6554                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6555                               MultiExprArg Args);
6556
6557  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6558                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6559                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6560                                  Selector Sel,
6561                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6562                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6563                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6564                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6565                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6566                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6567
6568  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6569                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6570                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6571                                          Selector Sel,
6572                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6573                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6574
6575  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6576                                  Expr *Receiver,
6577                                  Selector Sel,
6578                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6579                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6580                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6581                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6582
6583  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6584                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6585                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6586                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6587                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6588
6589  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6590                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6591                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6592                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6593                                  ParsedType Type,
6594                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6595                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6596
6597  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6598
6599  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6600  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6601  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6602                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6603
6604  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6605  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6606    RTC_Compatible,
6607    RTC_Incompatible,
6608    RTC_Unknown
6609  };
6610
6611  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6612                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6613                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6614
6615  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6616    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6617    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6618    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6619    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6620    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6621    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6622  };
6623
6624  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6625  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6626                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6627
6628  enum PragmaPackKind {
6629    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6630    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6631    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6632    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6633  };
6634
6635  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6636    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6637    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6638  };
6639
6640  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6641    PCK_Unknown,
6642    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6643    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6644    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6645    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6646    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6647  };
6648
6649  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6650  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6651                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6652                       Expr *Alignment,
6653                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6654                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6655                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6656
6657  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6658  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6659
6660  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6661  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6662
6663  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6664  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6665
6666  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6667  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6668                         Scope *curScope,
6669                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6670
6671  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6672  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6673                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6674
6675  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6676                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6677  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6678
6679  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6680  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6681                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6682                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6683
6684  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6685  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6686  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6687                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6688                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6689                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6690                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6691
6692  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6693  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6694                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6695                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6696                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6697                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6698
6699  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6700  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6701  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6702
6703  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6704  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6705  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6706
6707  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6708  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6709
6710  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6711  void FreePackedContext();
6712
6713  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6714  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6715  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6716                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6717
6718  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6719  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6720  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6721
6722  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6723  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6724  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6725
6726  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6727  void FreeVisContext();
6728
6729  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6730  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6731  /// the appropriate attribute.
6732  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6733
6734  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6735  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6736                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6737  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6738                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6739
6740  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6741  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6742  /// threadprivate'.
6743  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6744                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6745                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6746  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6747  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6748                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6749                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6750  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6751  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6752                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6753                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6754
6755  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6756  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6757    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6758    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6759    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6760    CCK_CStyleCast,
6761    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6762    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6763    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6764    CCK_OtherCast
6765  };
6766
6767  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6768  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6769  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6770  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6771                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6772                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6773                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6774                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6775
6776  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6777  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6778  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6779
6780  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6781  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6782  /// required.
6783  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6784
6785  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6786  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6787  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6788
6789  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6790  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6791  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6792
6793  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6794  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6795  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6796  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6797
6798  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6799  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6800  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6801  // type.
6802  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6803
6804  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6805  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6806  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6807  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6808
6809  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6810  enum VariadicCallType {
6811    VariadicFunction,
6812    VariadicBlock,
6813    VariadicMethod,
6814    VariadicConstructor,
6815    VariadicDoesNotApply
6816  };
6817
6818  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6819                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6820                                       Expr *Fn);
6821
6822  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6823  // vararg function.
6824  enum VarArgKind {
6825    VAK_Valid,
6826    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6827    VAK_Invalid
6828  };
6829
6830  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6831  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6832
6833  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6834  /// form of call prototypes.
6835  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6836                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6837                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6838                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6839                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6840                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6841                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6842                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6843                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6844
6845  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6846  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6847  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6848                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6849
6850  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6851  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6852  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6853
6854  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6855  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6856  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6857  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6858  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6859  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6860                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6861
6862  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6863  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6864  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6865  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6866  /// source and destination type.
6867  enum AssignConvertType {
6868    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6869    Compatible,
6870
6871    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6872    /// accept as an extension.
6873    PointerToInt,
6874
6875    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6876    /// accept as an extension.
6877    IntToPointer,
6878
6879    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6880    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6881    FunctionVoidPointer,
6882
6883    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6884    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6885    IncompatiblePointer,
6886
6887    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6888    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6889    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6890    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6891    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6892
6893    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6894    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6895    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6896
6897    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6898    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6899    /// like address spaces.
6900    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6901
6902    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6903    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6904    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6905    /// extension.
6906    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6907
6908    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6909    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6910    IncompatibleVectors,
6911
6912    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6913    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6914    IntToBlockPointer,
6915
6916    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6917    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6918    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6919
6920    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6921    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6922    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6923    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6924
6925    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6926    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6927    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6928
6929    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6930    /// represent it in the AST.
6931    Incompatible
6932  };
6933
6934  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6935  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6936  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6937  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6938                                SourceLocation Loc,
6939                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6940                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6941                                bool *Complained = 0);
6942
6943  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6944  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6945  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6946                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6947
6948  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6949  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6950  /// C99 6.5.16.
6951  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6952                                               QualType LHSType,
6953                                               QualType RHSType);
6954
6955  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6956  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6957  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6958                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6959                                               CastKind &Kind);
6960
6961  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6962  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6963  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6964  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6965                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6966                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6967
6968  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6969  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6970  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6971                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6972
6973  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6974
6975  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6976
6977  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6978                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6979                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6980  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6981                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6982                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6983                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6984  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6985                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6986                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6987                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6988                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6989  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6990                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6991                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6992                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6993
6994  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6995  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6996
6997  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6998  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6999                           ExprResult &RHS);
7000  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7001    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7002    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7003  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7004    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7005    bool IsDivide);
7006  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7007    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7008    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7009  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7010    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7011    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7012  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7013    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7014    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7015  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7016    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7017    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7018  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7019    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7020                                bool isRelational);
7021  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7022    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7023    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7024  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7025    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7026  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7027  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7028  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7029  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7030    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7031
7032  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7033                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7034  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7035                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7036                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7037  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7038  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7039
7040  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7041    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7042    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7043  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7044    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7045    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7046  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7047                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7048  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7049                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7050                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7051    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7052    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7053                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7054    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7055    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7056    return Composite;
7057  }
7058
7059  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7060                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7061
7062  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7063                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7064
7065  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7066  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7067                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7068  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7069  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7070                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7071  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7072                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7073
7074  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7075  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7076
7077  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7078
7079  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7080  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7081  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7082  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7083    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7084    /// reference binding is not possible.
7085    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7086    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7087    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7088    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7089    Ref_Related,
7090    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7091    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7092    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7093    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7094    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7095    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7096    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7097    Ref_Compatible
7098  };
7099
7100  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7101                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7102                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7103                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7104                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7105
7106  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7107                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7108                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7109
7110  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7111  /// given type.
7112  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7113
7114  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7115  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7116  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7117                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7118
7119  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7120  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7121  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7122  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7123  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7124                       CastKind &Kind);
7125
7126  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7127  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7128  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7129  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7130  // returns the cast expr
7131  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7132                                CastKind &Kind);
7133
7134  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7135                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7136                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7137                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7138
7139  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7140
7141  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7142  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7143  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7144                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7145                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7146
7147  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7148  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7149
7150  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7151                                             QualType ExprType);
7152
7153  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7154  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7155  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7156  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7157  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7158
7159  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7160  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7161  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7162
7163  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7164  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7165  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7166
7167  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7168  /// \param Method - May be null.
7169  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7170  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7171  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7172                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7173                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7174                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7175                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7176                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7177                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7178
7179  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7180  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7181  /// and the form of the message send.
7182  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7183                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7184                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7185
7186  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7187  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7188  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7189
7190  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7191  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7192  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7193  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7194
7195  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7196  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7197  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7198  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7199  ///
7200  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7201  /// 'if' keyword.
7202  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7203  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7204
7205  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7206                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7207
7208  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7209  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7210  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7211
7212  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7213  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7214  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7215
7216  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7217  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7218
7219  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7220  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7221  /// the specified diagnostic.
7222  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7223                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7224                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7225
7226  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7227  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7228  /// in the global scope.
7229  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7230
7231  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7232  /// expression violations.
7233  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7234  public:
7235    bool Suppress;
7236
7237    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7238
7239    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7240    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7241    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7242  };
7243
7244  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7245  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7246  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7247  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7248                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7249                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7250  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7251                                             unsigned DiagID,
7252                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7253  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7254
7255  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7256  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7257  /// Returns false on success.
7258  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7259  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7260                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7261                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7262
7263  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7264    CFT_Device,
7265    CFT_Global,
7266    CFT_Host,
7267    CFT_HostDevice
7268  };
7269
7270  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7271
7272  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7273                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7274
7275  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7276    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7277                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7278  }
7279
7280  /// \name Code completion
7281  //@{
7282  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7283  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7284    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7285    PCC_Namespace,
7286    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7287    PCC_Class,
7288    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7289    /// or category.
7290    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7291    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7292    /// category implementation
7293    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7294    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7295    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7296    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7297    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7298    /// headers.
7299    PCC_Template,
7300    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7301    /// headers within a class.
7302    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7303    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7304    PCC_Expression,
7305    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7306    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7307    PCC_Statement,
7308    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7309    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7310    PCC_ForInit,
7311    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7312    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7313    PCC_Condition,
7314    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7315    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7316    /// in the grammar.
7317    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7318    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7319    PCC_Type,
7320    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7321    /// might also be a type cast.
7322    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7323    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7324    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7325    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7326  };
7327
7328  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7329  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7330                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7331  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7332                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7333                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7334
7335  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7336  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7337                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7338  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7339                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7340                                       bool IsArrow);
7341  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7342  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7343  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7344  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7345  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7346  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7347  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7348  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7349  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7350
7351  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7352                               bool EnteringContext);
7353  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7354  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7355  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7356  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7357  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7358  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7359                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7360                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7361  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7362                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7363
7364  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7365  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7366  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7367  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7368  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7369  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7370  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7371  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7372                                   bool IsParameter);
7373  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7374  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7375                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7376                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7377  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7378                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7379                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7380                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7381  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7382                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7383                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7384                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7385  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7386                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7387  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7388                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7389  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7390                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7391  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7392  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7393  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7394                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7395                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7396  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7397  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7398                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7399                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7400  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7401                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7402                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7403  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7404  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7405                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7406  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7407                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7408                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7409  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7410                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7411                                          bool AtParameterName,
7412                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7413                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7414  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7415  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7416  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7417  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7418  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7419                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7420                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7421                                             unsigned Argument);
7422  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7423  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7424                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7425                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7426  //@}
7427
7428  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7429  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7430
7431public:
7432  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7433                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7434
7435private:
7436  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7437                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7438                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7439  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7440  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7441  // FunctionDeclaration.
7442  struct FormatStringInfo {
7443    unsigned FormatIdx;
7444    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7445    bool HasVAListArg;
7446  };
7447
7448  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7449                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7450  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7451                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7452  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7453                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7454  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7455                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7456  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7457                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7458                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7459                            SourceLocation Loc);
7460
7461  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7462                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7463                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7464                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7465
7466
7467  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7468
7469  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7470  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7471  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7472
7473  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7474  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7475  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7476
7477public:
7478  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7479  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7480
7481private:
7482  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7483  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7484  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7485  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7486  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7487                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7488  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7489                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7490
7491  enum FormatStringType {
7492    FST_Scanf,
7493    FST_Printf,
7494    FST_NSString,
7495    FST_Strftime,
7496    FST_Strfmon,
7497    FST_Kprintf,
7498    FST_Unknown
7499  };
7500  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7501
7502  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7503    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7504    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7505    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7506  };
7507
7508  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7509                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7510                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7511                                               unsigned format_idx,
7512                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7513                                               FormatStringType Type,
7514                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7515                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7516
7517  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7518                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7519                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7520                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7521                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7522
7523  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7524                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7525                            bool IsCXXMember,
7526                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7527                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7528  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7529                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7530                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7531                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7532                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7533
7534  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7535                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7536                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7537
7538  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7539                               unsigned BId,
7540                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7541
7542  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7543                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7544
7545  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7546                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7547
7548  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7549                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7550  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7551  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7552  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7553  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7554
7555  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7556  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7557  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7558                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7559
7560  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7561                                   Expr *Init);
7562
7563public:
7564  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7565  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7566                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7567                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7568
7569  struct TypeTagData {
7570    TypeTagData() {}
7571
7572    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7573        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7574        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7575    {}
7576
7577    QualType Type;
7578
7579    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7580    /// layout-compatibility.
7581    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7582    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7583  };
7584
7585  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7586  /// identifies the magic value.
7587  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7588
7589private:
7590  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7591  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7592      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7593
7594  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7595  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7596  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7597                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7598
7599  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7600  ///
7601  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7602  Scope *CurScope;
7603
7604  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7605
7606protected:
7607  friend class Parser;
7608  friend class InitializationSequence;
7609  friend class ASTReader;
7610  friend class ASTWriter;
7611
7612public:
7613  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7614  ///
7615  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7616  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7617  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7618  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7619  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7620  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7621  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7622
7623  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7624
7625  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7626
7627  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7628    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7629  }
7630
7631  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7632
7633  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7634    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7635    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7636    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7637      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7638    return DC;
7639  }
7640};
7641
7642/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7643class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7644  Sema &Actions;
7645
7646public:
7647  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7648                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7649                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7650                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7651    : Actions(Actions) {
7652    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7653                                            IsDecltype);
7654  }
7655  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7656                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7657                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7658                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7659    : Actions(Actions) {
7660    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7661                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7662                                            IsDecltype);
7663  }
7664
7665  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7666    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7667  }
7668};
7669
7670}  // end namespace clang
7671
7672#endif
7673